mirror of
https://github.com/rclone/rclone.git
synced 2024-12-11 17:51:12 +01:00
6427029c4e
* Update all dependencies * Remove all `[[constraint]]` from Gopkg.toml * Add in the minimum number of `[[override]]` to build * Remove go get of github.com/inconshreveable/mousetrap as it is vendored * Update docs with new policy on constraints
7875 lines
259 KiB
Go
7875 lines
259 KiB
Go
// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
|
|
|
|
package elbv2
|
|
|
|
import (
|
|
"fmt"
|
|
"time"
|
|
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const opAddListenerCertificates = "AddListenerCertificates"
|
|
|
|
// AddListenerCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AddListenerCertificates operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AddListenerCertificates for more information on using the AddListenerCertificates
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AddListenerCertificatesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AddListenerCertificatesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/AddListenerCertificates
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) AddListenerCertificatesRequest(input *AddListenerCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddListenerCertificatesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAddListenerCertificates,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AddListenerCertificatesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AddListenerCertificatesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddListenerCertificates API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Adds the specified certificate to the specified secure listener.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the certificate was already added, the call is successful but the certificate
|
|
// is not added again.
|
|
//
|
|
// To list the certificates for your listener, use DescribeListenerCertificates.
|
|
// To remove certificates from your listener, use RemoveListenerCertificates.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation AddListenerCertificates for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified listener does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyCertificatesException "TooManyCertificates"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of certificates per load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundException "CertificateNotFound"
|
|
// The specified certificate does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/AddListenerCertificates
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) AddListenerCertificates(input *AddListenerCertificatesInput) (*AddListenerCertificatesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddListenerCertificatesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddListenerCertificatesWithContext is the same as AddListenerCertificates with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AddListenerCertificates for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) AddListenerCertificatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddListenerCertificatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddListenerCertificatesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddListenerCertificatesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAddTags = "AddTags"
|
|
|
|
// AddTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AddTags operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AddTags for more information on using the AddTags
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AddTagsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AddTagsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/AddTags
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) AddTagsRequest(input *AddTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAddTags,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AddTagsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AddTagsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddTags API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Adds the specified tags to the specified Elastic Load Balancing resource.
|
|
// You can tag your Application Load Balancers, Network Load Balancers, and
|
|
// your target groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. If a resource already has
|
|
// a tag with the same key, AddTags updates its value.
|
|
//
|
|
// To list the current tags for your resources, use DescribeTags. To remove
|
|
// tags from your resources, use RemoveTags.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation AddTags for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDuplicateTagKeysException "DuplicateTagKeys"
|
|
// A tag key was specified more than once.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyTagsException "TooManyTags"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of tags per load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The specified target group does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/AddTags
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) AddTags(input *AddTagsInput) (*AddTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddTagsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddTagsWithContext is the same as AddTags with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AddTags for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) AddTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddTagsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateListener = "CreateListener"
|
|
|
|
// CreateListenerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateListener operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateListener for more information on using the CreateListener
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateListenerRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateListenerRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateListener
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) CreateListenerRequest(input *CreateListenerInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateListenerOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateListener,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateListenerInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateListenerOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateListener API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a listener for the specified Application Load Balancer or Network
|
|
// Load Balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// To update a listener, use ModifyListener. When you are finished with a listener,
|
|
// you can delete it using DeleteListener. If you are finished with both the
|
|
// listener and the load balancer, you can delete them both using DeleteLoadBalancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation is idempotent, which means that it completes at most one time.
|
|
// If you attempt to create multiple listeners with the same settings, each
|
|
// call succeeds.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Listeners for Your Application Load Balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-listeners.html)
|
|
// in the Application Load Balancers Guide and Listeners for Your Network Load
|
|
// Balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-listeners.html)
|
|
// in the Network Load Balancers Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation CreateListener for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDuplicateListenerException "DuplicateListener"
|
|
// A listener with the specified port already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyListenersException "TooManyListeners"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of listeners per load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyCertificatesException "TooManyCertificates"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of certificates per load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The specified target group does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupAssociationLimitException "TargetGroupAssociationLimit"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers per target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
|
|
// The requested configuration is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleProtocolsException "IncompatibleProtocols"
|
|
// The specified configuration is not valid with this protocol.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSSLPolicyNotFoundException "SSLPolicyNotFound"
|
|
// The specified SSL policy does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundException "CertificateNotFound"
|
|
// The specified certificate does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedProtocolException "UnsupportedProtocol"
|
|
// The specified protocol is not supported.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyRegistrationsForTargetIdException "TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered
|
|
// with a load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyTargetsException "TooManyTargets"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of targets.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateListener
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) CreateListener(input *CreateListenerInput) (*CreateListenerOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateListenerRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateListenerWithContext is the same as CreateListener with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateListener for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) CreateListenerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateListenerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateListenerOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateListenerRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateLoadBalancer = "CreateLoadBalancer"
|
|
|
|
// CreateLoadBalancerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateLoadBalancer operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateLoadBalancer for more information on using the CreateLoadBalancer
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateLoadBalancerRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateLoadBalancerRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateLoadBalancer
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) CreateLoadBalancerRequest(input *CreateLoadBalancerInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateLoadBalancerOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateLoadBalancer,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateLoadBalancerInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateLoadBalancerOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateLoadBalancer API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates an Application Load Balancer or a Network Load Balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you create a load balancer, you can specify security groups, public
|
|
// subnets, IP address type, and tags. Otherwise, you could do so later using
|
|
// SetSecurityGroups, SetSubnets, SetIpAddressType, and AddTags.
|
|
//
|
|
// To create listeners for your load balancer, use CreateListener. To describe
|
|
// your current load balancers, see DescribeLoadBalancers. When you are finished
|
|
// with a load balancer, you can delete it using DeleteLoadBalancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// For limit information, see Limits for Your Application Load Balancer (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-limits.html)
|
|
// in the Application Load Balancers Guide and Limits for Your Network Load
|
|
// Balancer (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-limits.html)
|
|
// in the Network Load Balancers Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation is idempotent, which means that it completes at most one time.
|
|
// If you attempt to create multiple load balancers with the same settings,
|
|
// each call succeeds.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Application Load Balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/application-load-balancers.html)
|
|
// in the Application Load Balancers Guide and Network Load Balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/network-load-balancers.html)
|
|
// in the Network Load Balancers Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation CreateLoadBalancer for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDuplicateLoadBalancerNameException "DuplicateLoadBalancerName"
|
|
// A load balancer with the specified name already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyLoadBalancersException "TooManyLoadBalancers"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers for your AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
|
|
// The requested configuration is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubnetNotFoundException "SubnetNotFound"
|
|
// The specified subnet does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnetException "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The specified subnet is out of available addresses.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSecurityGroupException "InvalidSecurityGroup"
|
|
// The specified security group does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSchemeException "InvalidScheme"
|
|
// The requested scheme is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyTagsException "TooManyTags"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of tags per load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDuplicateTagKeysException "DuplicateTagKeys"
|
|
// A tag key was specified more than once.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUse"
|
|
// A specified resource is in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAllocationIdNotFoundException "AllocationIdNotFound"
|
|
// The specified allocation ID does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAvailabilityZoneNotSupportedException "AvailabilityZoneNotSupported"
|
|
// The specified Availability Zone is not supported.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermitted"
|
|
// This operation is not allowed.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateLoadBalancer
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) CreateLoadBalancer(input *CreateLoadBalancerInput) (*CreateLoadBalancerOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateLoadBalancerRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateLoadBalancerWithContext is the same as CreateLoadBalancer with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateLoadBalancer for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) CreateLoadBalancerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateLoadBalancerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateLoadBalancerOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateLoadBalancerRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateRule = "CreateRule"
|
|
|
|
// CreateRuleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateRule operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateRule for more information on using the CreateRule
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateRuleRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateRuleRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateRule
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) CreateRuleRequest(input *CreateRuleInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateRuleOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateRule,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateRuleInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateRuleOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateRule API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a rule for the specified listener. The listener must be associated
|
|
// with an Application Load Balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// Rules are evaluated in priority order, from the lowest value to the highest
|
|
// value. When the condition for a rule is met, the specified action is taken.
|
|
// If no conditions are met, the action for the default rule is taken. For more
|
|
// information, see Listener Rules (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-listeners.html#listener-rules)
|
|
// in the Application Load Balancers Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// To view your current rules, use DescribeRules. To update a rule, use ModifyRule.
|
|
// To set the priorities of your rules, use SetRulePriorities. To delete a rule,
|
|
// use DeleteRule.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation CreateRule for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodePriorityInUseException "PriorityInUse"
|
|
// The specified priority is in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyTargetGroupsException "TooManyTargetGroups"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of target groups for your AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyRulesException "TooManyRules"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of rules per load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupAssociationLimitException "TargetGroupAssociationLimit"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers per target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleProtocolsException "IncompatibleProtocols"
|
|
// The specified configuration is not valid with this protocol.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified listener does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The specified target group does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
|
|
// The requested configuration is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyRegistrationsForTargetIdException "TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered
|
|
// with a load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyTargetsException "TooManyTargets"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of targets.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateRule
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) CreateRule(input *CreateRuleInput) (*CreateRuleOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateRuleRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateRuleWithContext is the same as CreateRule with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateRule for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) CreateRuleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateRuleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateRuleOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateRuleRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateTargetGroup = "CreateTargetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateTargetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateTargetGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateTargetGroup for more information on using the CreateTargetGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateTargetGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateTargetGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateTargetGroup
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) CreateTargetGroupRequest(input *CreateTargetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTargetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateTargetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateTargetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateTargetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateTargetGroup API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// To register targets with the target group, use RegisterTargets. To update
|
|
// the health check settings for the target group, use ModifyTargetGroup. To
|
|
// monitor the health of targets in the target group, use DescribeTargetHealth.
|
|
//
|
|
// To route traffic to the targets in a target group, specify the target group
|
|
// in an action using CreateListener or CreateRule.
|
|
//
|
|
// To delete a target group, use DeleteTargetGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation is idempotent, which means that it completes at most one time.
|
|
// If you attempt to create multiple target groups with the same settings, each
|
|
// call succeeds.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Target Groups for Your Application Load Balancers
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-target-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Application Load Balancers Guide or Target Groups for Your Network
|
|
// Load Balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-target-groups.html)
|
|
// in the Network Load Balancers Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation CreateTargetGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDuplicateTargetGroupNameException "DuplicateTargetGroupName"
|
|
// A target group with the specified name already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyTargetGroupsException "TooManyTargetGroups"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of target groups for your AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
|
|
// The requested configuration is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateTargetGroup
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) CreateTargetGroup(input *CreateTargetGroupInput) (*CreateTargetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateTargetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateTargetGroupWithContext is the same as CreateTargetGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateTargetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) CreateTargetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTargetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTargetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateTargetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteListener = "DeleteListener"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteListenerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteListener operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteListener for more information on using the DeleteListener
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteListenerRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteListenerRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteListener
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DeleteListenerRequest(input *DeleteListenerInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteListenerOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteListener,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteListenerInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteListenerOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteListener API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified listener.
|
|
//
|
|
// Alternatively, your listener is deleted when you delete the load balancer
|
|
// it is attached to using DeleteLoadBalancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation DeleteListener for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified listener does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteListener
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DeleteListener(input *DeleteListenerInput) (*DeleteListenerOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteListenerRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteListenerWithContext is the same as DeleteListener with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteListener for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DeleteListenerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteListenerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteListenerOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteListenerRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteLoadBalancer = "DeleteLoadBalancer"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteLoadBalancerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteLoadBalancer operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteLoadBalancer for more information on using the DeleteLoadBalancer
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteLoadBalancerRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteLoadBalancerRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteLoadBalancer
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DeleteLoadBalancerRequest(input *DeleteLoadBalancerInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteLoadBalancerOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteLoadBalancer,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteLoadBalancerInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteLoadBalancerOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteLoadBalancer API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified Application Load Balancer or Network Load Balancer
|
|
// and its attached listeners.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can't delete a load balancer if deletion protection is enabled. If the
|
|
// load balancer does not exist or has already been deleted, the call succeeds.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deleting a load balancer does not affect its registered targets. For example,
|
|
// your EC2 instances continue to run and are still registered to their target
|
|
// groups. If you no longer need these EC2 instances, you can stop or terminate
|
|
// them.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation DeleteLoadBalancer for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermitted"
|
|
// This operation is not allowed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUse"
|
|
// A specified resource is in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteLoadBalancer
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DeleteLoadBalancer(input *DeleteLoadBalancerInput) (*DeleteLoadBalancerOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteLoadBalancerRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteLoadBalancerWithContext is the same as DeleteLoadBalancer with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteLoadBalancer for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DeleteLoadBalancerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteLoadBalancerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteLoadBalancerOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteLoadBalancerRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteRule = "DeleteRule"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteRuleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteRule operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteRule for more information on using the DeleteRule
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteRuleRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteRuleRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteRule
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DeleteRuleRequest(input *DeleteRuleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteRuleOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteRule,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteRuleInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteRuleOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteRule API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation DeleteRule for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRuleNotFoundException "RuleNotFound"
|
|
// The specified rule does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermitted"
|
|
// This operation is not allowed.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteRule
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DeleteRule(input *DeleteRuleInput) (*DeleteRuleOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteRuleRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteRuleWithContext is the same as DeleteRule with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteRule for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DeleteRuleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteRuleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteRuleOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteRuleRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteTargetGroup = "DeleteTargetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteTargetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteTargetGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteTargetGroup for more information on using the DeleteTargetGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTargetGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteTargetGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteTargetGroup
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DeleteTargetGroupRequest(input *DeleteTargetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTargetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteTargetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteTargetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteTargetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteTargetGroup API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can delete a target group if it is not referenced by any actions. Deleting
|
|
// a target group also deletes any associated health checks.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation DeleteTargetGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUse"
|
|
// A specified resource is in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteTargetGroup
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DeleteTargetGroup(input *DeleteTargetGroupInput) (*DeleteTargetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteTargetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteTargetGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteTargetGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteTargetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DeleteTargetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTargetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTargetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteTargetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeregisterTargets = "DeregisterTargets"
|
|
|
|
// DeregisterTargetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeregisterTargets operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeregisterTargets for more information on using the DeregisterTargets
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeregisterTargetsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeregisterTargetsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeregisterTargets
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DeregisterTargetsRequest(input *DeregisterTargetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeregisterTargetsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeregisterTargets,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeregisterTargetsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeregisterTargetsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeregisterTargets API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deregisters the specified targets from the specified target group. After
|
|
// the targets are deregistered, they no longer receive traffic from the load
|
|
// balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation DeregisterTargets for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The specified target group does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTargetException "InvalidTarget"
|
|
// The specified target does not exist, is not in the same VPC as the target
|
|
// group, or has an unsupported instance type.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeregisterTargets
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DeregisterTargets(input *DeregisterTargetsInput) (*DeregisterTargetsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeregisterTargetsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeregisterTargetsWithContext is the same as DeregisterTargets with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeregisterTargets for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DeregisterTargetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeregisterTargetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeregisterTargetsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeregisterTargetsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeAccountLimits = "DescribeAccountLimits"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAccountLimitsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeAccountLimits operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeAccountLimits for more information on using the DescribeAccountLimits
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeAccountLimitsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeAccountLimitsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeAccountLimits
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeAccountLimitsRequest(input *DescribeAccountLimitsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeAccountLimitsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeAccountLimits,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeAccountLimitsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeAccountLimitsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAccountLimits API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the current Elastic Load Balancing resource limits for your AWS
|
|
// account.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Limits for Your Application Load Balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-limits.html)
|
|
// in the Application Load Balancer Guide or Limits for Your Network Load Balancers
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-limits.html)
|
|
// in the Network Load Balancers Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation DescribeAccountLimits for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeAccountLimits
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeAccountLimits(input *DescribeAccountLimitsInput) (*DescribeAccountLimitsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeAccountLimitsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAccountLimitsWithContext is the same as DescribeAccountLimits with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeAccountLimits for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeAccountLimitsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeAccountLimitsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeAccountLimitsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeAccountLimitsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeListenerCertificates = "DescribeListenerCertificates"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeListenerCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeListenerCertificates operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeListenerCertificates for more information on using the DescribeListenerCertificates
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeListenerCertificatesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeListenerCertificatesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeListenerCertificates
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeListenerCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeListenerCertificates,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeListenerCertificatesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeListenerCertificates API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the certificates for the specified secure listener.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation DescribeListenerCertificates for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified listener does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeListenerCertificates
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeListenerCertificates(input *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput) (*DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeListenerCertificatesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeListenerCertificatesWithContext is the same as DescribeListenerCertificates with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeListenerCertificates for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeListenerCertificatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeListenerCertificatesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeListeners = "DescribeListeners"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeListenersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeListeners operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeListeners for more information on using the DescribeListeners
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeListenersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeListenersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeListeners
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeListenersRequest(input *DescribeListenersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeListenersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeListeners,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextMarker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeListenersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeListenersOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeListeners API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the specified listeners or the listeners for the specified Application
|
|
// Load Balancer or Network Load Balancer. You must specify either a load balancer
|
|
// or one or more listeners.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation DescribeListeners for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified listener does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeListeners
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeListeners(input *DescribeListenersInput) (*DescribeListenersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeListenersRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeListenersWithContext is the same as DescribeListeners with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeListeners for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeListenersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeListenersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeListenersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeListenersRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeListenersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeListeners operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeListeners method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeListeners operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeListenersPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeListenersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeListenersPages(input *DescribeListenersInput, fn func(*DescribeListenersOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeListenersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeListenersPagesWithContext same as DescribeListenersPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeListenersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeListenersInput, fn func(*DescribeListenersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeListenersInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeListenersRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeListenersOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeLoadBalancerAttributes = "DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes for more information on using the DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeLoadBalancerAttributes,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the attributes for the specified Application Load Balancer or Network
|
|
// Load Balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes(input *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput) (*DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeLoadBalancers = "DescribeLoadBalancers"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeLoadBalancersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeLoadBalancers operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeLoadBalancers for more information on using the DescribeLoadBalancers
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeLoadBalancersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeLoadBalancersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeLoadBalancers
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancersRequest(input *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeLoadBalancersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeLoadBalancers,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextMarker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeLoadBalancersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeLoadBalancersOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeLoadBalancers API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the specified load balancers or all of your load balancers.
|
|
//
|
|
// To describe the listeners for a load balancer, use DescribeListeners. To
|
|
// describe the attributes for a load balancer, use DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation DescribeLoadBalancers for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeLoadBalancers
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancers(input *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) (*DescribeLoadBalancersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeLoadBalancersRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeLoadBalancersWithContext is the same as DescribeLoadBalancers with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeLoadBalancers for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeLoadBalancersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeLoadBalancersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeLoadBalancersRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeLoadBalancersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeLoadBalancers operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeLoadBalancers method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeLoadBalancers operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeLoadBalancersPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeLoadBalancersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancersPages(input *DescribeLoadBalancersInput, fn func(*DescribeLoadBalancersOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeLoadBalancersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeLoadBalancersPagesWithContext same as DescribeLoadBalancersPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeLoadBalancersInput, fn func(*DescribeLoadBalancersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeLoadBalancersInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeLoadBalancersRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeLoadBalancersOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeRules = "DescribeRules"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeRulesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeRules operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeRules for more information on using the DescribeRules
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeRulesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeRulesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeRules
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeRulesRequest(input *DescribeRulesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeRulesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeRules,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeRulesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeRulesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeRules API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the specified rules or the rules for the specified listener. You
|
|
// must specify either a listener or one or more rules.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation DescribeRules for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified listener does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRuleNotFoundException "RuleNotFound"
|
|
// The specified rule does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeRules
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeRules(input *DescribeRulesInput) (*DescribeRulesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeRulesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeRulesWithContext is the same as DescribeRules with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeRules for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeRulesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeRulesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeRulesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeRulesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeSSLPolicies = "DescribeSSLPolicies"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeSSLPolicies operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSSLPolicies for more information on using the DescribeSSLPolicies
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeSSLPolicies
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest(input *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeSSLPolicies,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeSSLPoliciesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSSLPolicies API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the specified policies or all policies used for SSL negotiation.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information, see Security Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/create-https-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies)
|
|
// in the Application Load Balancers Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation DescribeSSLPolicies for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeSSLPolicyNotFoundException "SSLPolicyNotFound"
|
|
// The specified SSL policy does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeSSLPolicies
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeSSLPolicies(input *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput) (*DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSSLPoliciesWithContext is the same as DescribeSSLPolicies with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSSLPolicies for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeSSLPoliciesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeTags = "DescribeTags"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeTags operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTags for more information on using the DescribeTags
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTagsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeTagsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTags
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTagsRequest(input *DescribeTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTagsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeTags,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeTagsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeTagsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTags API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the tags for the specified resources. You can describe the tags
|
|
// for one or more Application Load Balancers, Network Load Balancers, and target
|
|
// groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation DescribeTags for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The specified target group does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified listener does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRuleNotFoundException "RuleNotFound"
|
|
// The specified rule does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTags
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTags(input *DescribeTagsInput) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTagsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTagsWithContext is the same as DescribeTags with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTags for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTagsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeTargetGroupAttributes = "DescribeTargetGroupAttributes"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeTargetGroupAttributes operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTargetGroupAttributes for more information on using the DescribeTargetGroupAttributes
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTargetGroupAttributes
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest(input *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeTargetGroupAttributes,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTargetGroupAttributes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the attributes for the specified target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation DescribeTargetGroupAttributes for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The specified target group does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTargetGroupAttributes
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroupAttributes(input *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput) (*DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTargetGroupAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeTargetGroupAttributes with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTargetGroupAttributes for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroupAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeTargetGroups = "DescribeTargetGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTargetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeTargetGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTargetGroups for more information on using the DescribeTargetGroups
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTargetGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeTargetGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTargetGroups
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTargetGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeTargetGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextMarker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeTargetGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeTargetGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTargetGroups API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the specified target groups or all of your target groups. By default,
|
|
// all target groups are described. Alternatively, you can specify one of the
|
|
// following to filter the results: the ARN of the load balancer, the names
|
|
// of one or more target groups, or the ARNs of one or more target groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// To describe the targets for a target group, use DescribeTargetHealth. To
|
|
// describe the attributes of a target group, use DescribeTargetGroupAttributes.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation DescribeTargetGroups for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The specified target group does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTargetGroups
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroups(input *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) (*DescribeTargetGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTargetGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTargetGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeTargetGroups with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTargetGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTargetGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTargetGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTargetGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTargetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeTargetGroups operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTargetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeTargetGroups operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeTargetGroupsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeTargetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroupsPages(input *DescribeTargetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeTargetGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeTargetGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTargetGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeTargetGroupsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTargetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeTargetGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeTargetGroupsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeTargetGroupsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTargetGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeTargetHealth = "DescribeTargetHealth"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTargetHealthRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeTargetHealth operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTargetHealth for more information on using the DescribeTargetHealth
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTargetHealthRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeTargetHealthRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTargetHealth
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetHealthRequest(input *DescribeTargetHealthInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTargetHealthOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeTargetHealth,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeTargetHealthInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeTargetHealthOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTargetHealth API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the health of the specified targets or all of your targets.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation DescribeTargetHealth for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTargetException "InvalidTarget"
|
|
// The specified target does not exist, is not in the same VPC as the target
|
|
// group, or has an unsupported instance type.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The specified target group does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeHealthUnavailableException "HealthUnavailable"
|
|
// The health of the specified targets could not be retrieved due to an internal
|
|
// error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTargetHealth
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetHealth(input *DescribeTargetHealthInput) (*DescribeTargetHealthOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTargetHealthRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTargetHealthWithContext is the same as DescribeTargetHealth with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTargetHealth for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetHealthWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTargetHealthInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTargetHealthOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTargetHealthRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyListener = "ModifyListener"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyListenerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyListener operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyListener for more information on using the ModifyListener
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyListenerRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyListenerRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyListener
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) ModifyListenerRequest(input *ModifyListenerInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyListenerOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyListener,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyListenerInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyListenerOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyListener API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the specified properties of the specified listener.
|
|
//
|
|
// Any properties that you do not specify retain their current values. However,
|
|
// changing the protocol from HTTPS to HTTP removes the security policy and
|
|
// SSL certificate properties. If you change the protocol from HTTP to HTTPS,
|
|
// you must add the security policy and server certificate.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation ModifyListener for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDuplicateListenerException "DuplicateListener"
|
|
// A listener with the specified port already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyListenersException "TooManyListeners"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of listeners per load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyCertificatesException "TooManyCertificates"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of certificates per load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified listener does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The specified target group does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupAssociationLimitException "TargetGroupAssociationLimit"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers per target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleProtocolsException "IncompatibleProtocols"
|
|
// The specified configuration is not valid with this protocol.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSSLPolicyNotFoundException "SSLPolicyNotFound"
|
|
// The specified SSL policy does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundException "CertificateNotFound"
|
|
// The specified certificate does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
|
|
// The requested configuration is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedProtocolException "UnsupportedProtocol"
|
|
// The specified protocol is not supported.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyRegistrationsForTargetIdException "TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered
|
|
// with a load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyTargetsException "TooManyTargets"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of targets.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyListener
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) ModifyListener(input *ModifyListenerInput) (*ModifyListenerOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyListenerRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyListenerWithContext is the same as ModifyListener with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyListener for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) ModifyListenerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyListenerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyListenerOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyListenerRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyLoadBalancerAttributes = "ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes for more information on using the ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyLoadBalancerAttributes,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the specified attributes of the specified Application Load Balancer
|
|
// or Network Load Balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// If any of the specified attributes can't be modified as requested, the call
|
|
// fails. Any existing attributes that you do not modify retain their current
|
|
// values.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
|
|
// The requested configuration is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes(input *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput) (*ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesWithContext is the same as ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyRule = "ModifyRule"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyRuleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyRule operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyRule for more information on using the ModifyRule
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyRuleRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyRuleRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyRule
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) ModifyRuleRequest(input *ModifyRuleInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyRuleOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyRule,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyRuleInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyRuleOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyRule API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the specified rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// Any existing properties that you do not modify retain their current values.
|
|
//
|
|
// To modify the default action, use ModifyListener.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation ModifyRule for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupAssociationLimitException "TargetGroupAssociationLimit"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers per target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleProtocolsException "IncompatibleProtocols"
|
|
// The specified configuration is not valid with this protocol.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRuleNotFoundException "RuleNotFound"
|
|
// The specified rule does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermitted"
|
|
// This operation is not allowed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyRegistrationsForTargetIdException "TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered
|
|
// with a load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyTargetsException "TooManyTargets"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of targets.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The specified target group does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyRule
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) ModifyRule(input *ModifyRuleInput) (*ModifyRuleOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyRuleRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyRuleWithContext is the same as ModifyRule with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyRule for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) ModifyRuleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyRuleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyRuleOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyRuleRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyTargetGroup = "ModifyTargetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyTargetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyTargetGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyTargetGroup for more information on using the ModifyTargetGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyTargetGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyTargetGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyTargetGroup
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) ModifyTargetGroupRequest(input *ModifyTargetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyTargetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyTargetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyTargetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyTargetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyTargetGroup API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the health checks used when evaluating the health state of the targets
|
|
// in the specified target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// To monitor the health of the targets, use DescribeTargetHealth.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation ModifyTargetGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The specified target group does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
|
|
// The requested configuration is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyTargetGroup
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) ModifyTargetGroup(input *ModifyTargetGroupInput) (*ModifyTargetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyTargetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyTargetGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyTargetGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyTargetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) ModifyTargetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyTargetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyTargetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyTargetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyTargetGroupAttributes = "ModifyTargetGroupAttributes"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyTargetGroupAttributes operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyTargetGroupAttributes for more information on using the ModifyTargetGroupAttributes
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyTargetGroupAttributes
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest(input *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyTargetGroupAttributes,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyTargetGroupAttributes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the specified attributes of the specified target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation ModifyTargetGroupAttributes for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The specified target group does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
|
|
// The requested configuration is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyTargetGroupAttributes
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) ModifyTargetGroupAttributes(input *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput) (*ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyTargetGroupAttributesWithContext is the same as ModifyTargetGroupAttributes with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyTargetGroupAttributes for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) ModifyTargetGroupAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRegisterTargets = "RegisterTargets"
|
|
|
|
// RegisterTargetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RegisterTargets operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RegisterTargets for more information on using the RegisterTargets
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RegisterTargetsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RegisterTargetsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/RegisterTargets
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) RegisterTargetsRequest(input *RegisterTargetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *RegisterTargetsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRegisterTargets,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RegisterTargetsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RegisterTargetsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RegisterTargets API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Registers the specified targets with the specified target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can register targets by instance ID or by IP address. If the target is
|
|
// an EC2 instance, it must be in the running state when you register it.
|
|
//
|
|
// By default, the load balancer routes requests to registered targets using
|
|
// the protocol and port for the target group. Alternatively, you can override
|
|
// the port for a target when you register it. You can register each EC2 instance
|
|
// or IP address with the same target group multiple times using different ports.
|
|
//
|
|
// With a Network Load Balancer, you cannot register instances by instance ID
|
|
// if they have the following instance types: C1, CC1, CC2, CG1, CG2, CR1, CS1,
|
|
// G1, G2, HI1, HS1, M1, M2, M3, and T1. You can register instances of these
|
|
// types by IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// To remove a target from a target group, use DeregisterTargets.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation RegisterTargets for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The specified target group does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyTargetsException "TooManyTargets"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of targets.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTargetException "InvalidTarget"
|
|
// The specified target does not exist, is not in the same VPC as the target
|
|
// group, or has an unsupported instance type.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyRegistrationsForTargetIdException "TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered
|
|
// with a load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/RegisterTargets
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) RegisterTargets(input *RegisterTargetsInput) (*RegisterTargetsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RegisterTargetsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RegisterTargetsWithContext is the same as RegisterTargets with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RegisterTargets for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) RegisterTargetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RegisterTargetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RegisterTargetsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RegisterTargetsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRemoveListenerCertificates = "RemoveListenerCertificates"
|
|
|
|
// RemoveListenerCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RemoveListenerCertificates operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveListenerCertificates for more information on using the RemoveListenerCertificates
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveListenerCertificatesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RemoveListenerCertificatesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/RemoveListenerCertificates
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) RemoveListenerCertificatesRequest(input *RemoveListenerCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRemoveListenerCertificates,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RemoveListenerCertificatesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveListenerCertificates API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Removes the specified certificate from the specified secure listener.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can't remove the default certificate for a listener. To replace the default
|
|
// certificate, call ModifyListener.
|
|
//
|
|
// To list the certificates for your listener, use DescribeListenerCertificates.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation RemoveListenerCertificates for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified listener does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermitted"
|
|
// This operation is not allowed.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/RemoveListenerCertificates
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) RemoveListenerCertificates(input *RemoveListenerCertificatesInput) (*RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveListenerCertificatesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveListenerCertificatesWithContext is the same as RemoveListenerCertificates with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveListenerCertificates for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) RemoveListenerCertificatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveListenerCertificatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveListenerCertificatesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRemoveTags = "RemoveTags"
|
|
|
|
// RemoveTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RemoveTags operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveTags for more information on using the RemoveTags
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RemoveTagsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/RemoveTags
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) RemoveTagsRequest(input *RemoveTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRemoveTags,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RemoveTagsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RemoveTagsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveTags API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Removes the specified tags from the specified Elastic Load Balancing resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// To list the current tags for your resources, use DescribeTags.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation RemoveTags for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
|
|
// The specified target group does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified listener does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRuleNotFoundException "RuleNotFound"
|
|
// The specified rule does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyTagsException "TooManyTags"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of tags per load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/RemoveTags
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) RemoveTags(input *RemoveTagsInput) (*RemoveTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveTagsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveTagsWithContext is the same as RemoveTags with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveTags for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) RemoveTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveTagsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveTagsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opSetIpAddressType = "SetIpAddressType"
|
|
|
|
// SetIpAddressTypeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the SetIpAddressType operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See SetIpAddressType for more information on using the SetIpAddressType
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the SetIpAddressTypeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.SetIpAddressTypeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetIpAddressType
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) SetIpAddressTypeRequest(input *SetIpAddressTypeInput) (req *request.Request, output *SetIpAddressTypeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opSetIpAddressType,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &SetIpAddressTypeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &SetIpAddressTypeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpAddressType API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Sets the type of IP addresses used by the subnets of the specified Application
|
|
// Load Balancer or Network Load Balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note that Network Load Balancers must use ipv4.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation SetIpAddressType for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
|
|
// The requested configuration is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnetException "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The specified subnet is out of available addresses.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetIpAddressType
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) SetIpAddressType(input *SetIpAddressTypeInput) (*SetIpAddressTypeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.SetIpAddressTypeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpAddressTypeWithContext is the same as SetIpAddressType with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See SetIpAddressType for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) SetIpAddressTypeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SetIpAddressTypeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SetIpAddressTypeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.SetIpAddressTypeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opSetRulePriorities = "SetRulePriorities"
|
|
|
|
// SetRulePrioritiesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the SetRulePriorities operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See SetRulePriorities for more information on using the SetRulePriorities
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the SetRulePrioritiesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.SetRulePrioritiesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetRulePriorities
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) SetRulePrioritiesRequest(input *SetRulePrioritiesInput) (req *request.Request, output *SetRulePrioritiesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opSetRulePriorities,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &SetRulePrioritiesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &SetRulePrioritiesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRulePriorities API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Sets the priorities of the specified rules.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can reorder the rules as long as there are no priority conflicts in the
|
|
// new order. Any existing rules that you do not specify retain their current
|
|
// priority.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation SetRulePriorities for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRuleNotFoundException "RuleNotFound"
|
|
// The specified rule does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePriorityInUseException "PriorityInUse"
|
|
// The specified priority is in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermitted"
|
|
// This operation is not allowed.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetRulePriorities
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) SetRulePriorities(input *SetRulePrioritiesInput) (*SetRulePrioritiesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.SetRulePrioritiesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRulePrioritiesWithContext is the same as SetRulePriorities with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See SetRulePriorities for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) SetRulePrioritiesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SetRulePrioritiesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SetRulePrioritiesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.SetRulePrioritiesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opSetSecurityGroups = "SetSecurityGroups"
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the SetSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See SetSecurityGroups for more information on using the SetSecurityGroups
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the SetSecurityGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.SetSecurityGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetSecurityGroups
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) SetSecurityGroupsRequest(input *SetSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *SetSecurityGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opSetSecurityGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &SetSecurityGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &SetSecurityGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroups API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Associates the specified security groups with the specified Application Load
|
|
// Balancer. The specified security groups override the previously associated
|
|
// security groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note that you can't specify a security group for a Network Load Balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation SetSecurityGroups for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
|
|
// The requested configuration is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSecurityGroupException "InvalidSecurityGroup"
|
|
// The specified security group does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetSecurityGroups
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) SetSecurityGroups(input *SetSecurityGroupsInput) (*SetSecurityGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.SetSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroupsWithContext is the same as SetSecurityGroups with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See SetSecurityGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) SetSecurityGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SetSecurityGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SetSecurityGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.SetSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opSetSubnets = "SetSubnets"
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the SetSubnets operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See SetSubnets for more information on using the SetSubnets
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the SetSubnetsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.SetSubnetsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetSubnets
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) SetSubnetsRequest(input *SetSubnetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *SetSubnetsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opSetSubnets,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &SetSubnetsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &SetSubnetsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnets API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Enables the Availability Zone for the specified public subnets for the specified
|
|
// Application Load Balancer. The specified subnets replace the previously enabled
|
|
// subnets.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note that you can't change the subnets for a Network Load Balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
|
|
// API operation SetSubnets for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
|
|
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
|
|
// The requested configuration is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubnetNotFoundException "SubnetNotFound"
|
|
// The specified subnet does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnetException "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The specified subnet is out of available addresses.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAllocationIdNotFoundException "AllocationIdNotFound"
|
|
// The specified allocation ID does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAvailabilityZoneNotSupportedException "AvailabilityZoneNotSupported"
|
|
// The specified Availability Zone is not supported.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetSubnets
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) SetSubnets(input *SetSubnetsInput) (*SetSubnetsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.SetSubnetsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetsWithContext is the same as SetSubnets with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See SetSubnets for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ELBV2) SetSubnetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SetSubnetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SetSubnetsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.SetSubnetsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about an action.
|
|
type Action struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetGroupArn is a required field
|
|
TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type is a required field
|
|
Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ActionTypeEnum"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Action) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Action) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *Action) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Action"}
|
|
if s.TargetGroupArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetGroupArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Type == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Action) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *Action {
|
|
s.TargetGroupArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *Action) SetType(v string) *Action {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AddListenerCertificatesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The certificate to add. You can specify one certificate per call.
|
|
//
|
|
// Certificates is a required field
|
|
Certificates []*Certificate `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener.
|
|
//
|
|
// ListenerArn is a required field
|
|
ListenerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddListenerCertificatesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddListenerCertificatesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AddListenerCertificatesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddListenerCertificatesInput"}
|
|
if s.Certificates == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Certificates"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ListenerArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ListenerArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddListenerCertificatesInput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *AddListenerCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.Certificates = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddListenerCertificatesInput) SetListenerArn(v string) *AddListenerCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.ListenerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AddListenerCertificatesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the certificates.
|
|
Certificates []*Certificate `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddListenerCertificatesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddListenerCertificatesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddListenerCertificatesOutput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *AddListenerCertificatesOutput {
|
|
s.Certificates = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AddTagsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceArns is a required field
|
|
ResourceArns []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags. Each resource can have a maximum of 10 tags.
|
|
//
|
|
// Tags is a required field
|
|
Tags []*Tag `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AddTagsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddTagsInput"}
|
|
if s.ResourceArns == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArns"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Tags == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Tags != nil && len(s.Tags) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Tags", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Tags != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Tags {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceArns sets the ResourceArns field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddTagsInput) SetResourceArns(v []*string) *AddTagsInput {
|
|
s.ResourceArns = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddTagsInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AddTagsInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AddTagsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about an Availability Zone.
|
|
type AvailabilityZone struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// [Network Load Balancers] The static IP address.
|
|
LoadBalancerAddresses []*LoadBalancerAddress `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the Availability Zone.
|
|
ZoneName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadBalancerAddresses sets the LoadBalancerAddresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetLoadBalancerAddresses(v []*LoadBalancerAddress) *AvailabilityZone {
|
|
s.LoadBalancerAddresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetSubnetId(v string) *AvailabilityZone {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetZoneName sets the ZoneName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetZoneName(v string) *AvailabilityZone {
|
|
s.ZoneName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about an SSL server certificate.
|
|
type Certificate struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the certificate.
|
|
CertificateArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the certificate is the default certificate.
|
|
IsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Certificate) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Certificate) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificateArn sets the CertificateArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateArn(v string) *Certificate {
|
|
s.CertificateArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIsDefault sets the IsDefault field's value.
|
|
func (s *Certificate) SetIsDefault(v bool) *Certificate {
|
|
s.IsDefault = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about a cipher used in a policy.
|
|
type Cipher struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the cipher.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The priority of the cipher.
|
|
Priority *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Cipher) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Cipher) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cipher) SetName(v string) *Cipher {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.
|
|
func (s *Cipher) SetPriority(v int64) *Cipher {
|
|
s.Priority = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateListenerInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// [HTTPS listeners] The SSL server certificate. You must provide exactly one
|
|
// certificate.
|
|
Certificates []*Certificate `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The default action for the listener. For Application Load Balancers, the
|
|
// protocol of the specified target group must be HTTP or HTTPS. For Network
|
|
// Load Balancers, the protocol of the specified target group must be TCP.
|
|
//
|
|
// DefaultActions is a required field
|
|
DefaultActions []*Action `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// LoadBalancerArn is a required field
|
|
LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The port on which the load balancer is listening.
|
|
//
|
|
// Port is a required field
|
|
Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The protocol for connections from clients to the load balancer. For Application
|
|
// Load Balancers, the supported protocols are HTTP and HTTPS. For Network Load
|
|
// Balancers, the supported protocol is TCP.
|
|
//
|
|
// Protocol is a required field
|
|
Protocol *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ProtocolEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// [HTTPS listeners] The security policy that defines which ciphers and protocols
|
|
// are supported. The default is the current predefined security policy.
|
|
SslPolicy *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateListenerInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateListenerInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateListenerInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateListenerInput"}
|
|
if s.DefaultActions == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DefaultActions"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.LoadBalancerArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LoadBalancerArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Port == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Port"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Port != nil && *s.Port < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Port", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Protocol == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Protocol"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DefaultActions != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.DefaultActions {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DefaultActions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateListenerInput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *CreateListenerInput {
|
|
s.Certificates = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDefaultActions sets the DefaultActions field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateListenerInput) SetDefaultActions(v []*Action) *CreateListenerInput {
|
|
s.DefaultActions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateListenerInput) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *CreateListenerInput {
|
|
s.LoadBalancerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateListenerInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateListenerInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateListenerInput) SetProtocol(v string) *CreateListenerInput {
|
|
s.Protocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSslPolicy sets the SslPolicy field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateListenerInput) SetSslPolicy(v string) *CreateListenerInput {
|
|
s.SslPolicy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateListenerOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the listener.
|
|
Listeners []*Listener `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateListenerOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateListenerOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetListeners sets the Listeners field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateListenerOutput) SetListeners(v []*Listener) *CreateListenerOutput {
|
|
s.Listeners = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateLoadBalancerInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// [Application Load Balancers] The type of IP addresses used by the subnets
|
|
// for your load balancer. The possible values are ipv4 (for IPv4 addresses)
|
|
// and dualstack (for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses). Internal load balancers must
|
|
// use ipv4.
|
|
IpAddressType *string `type:"string" enum:"IpAddressType"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// This name must be unique per region per account, can have a maximum of 32
|
|
// characters, must contain only alphanumeric characters or hyphens, and must
|
|
// not begin or end with a hyphen.
|
|
//
|
|
// Name is a required field
|
|
Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The nodes of an Internet-facing load balancer have public IP addresses. The
|
|
// DNS name of an Internet-facing load balancer is publicly resolvable to the
|
|
// public IP addresses of the nodes. Therefore, Internet-facing load balancers
|
|
// can route requests from clients over the Internet.
|
|
//
|
|
// The nodes of an internal load balancer have only private IP addresses. The
|
|
// DNS name of an internal load balancer is publicly resolvable to the private
|
|
// IP addresses of the nodes. Therefore, internal load balancers can only route
|
|
// requests from clients with access to the VPC for the load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// The default is an Internet-facing load balancer.
|
|
Scheme *string `type:"string" enum:"LoadBalancerSchemeEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// [Application Load Balancers] The IDs of the security groups for the load
|
|
// balancer.
|
|
SecurityGroups []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the public subnets. You can specify only one subnet per Availability
|
|
// Zone. You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings.
|
|
//
|
|
// [Application Load Balancers] You must specify subnets from at least two Availability
|
|
// Zones. You cannot specify Elastic IP addresses for your subnets.
|
|
//
|
|
// [Network Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability
|
|
// Zones. You can specify one Elastic IP address per subnet.
|
|
SubnetMappings []*SubnetMapping `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the public subnets. You can specify only one subnet per Availability
|
|
// Zone. You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings.
|
|
//
|
|
// [Application Load Balancers] You must specify subnets from at least two Availability
|
|
// Zones.
|
|
//
|
|
// [Network Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability
|
|
// Zones.
|
|
Subnets []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more tags to assign to the load balancer.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `min:"1" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of load balancer. The default is application.
|
|
Type *string `type:"string" enum:"LoadBalancerTypeEnum"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateLoadBalancerInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateLoadBalancerInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateLoadBalancerInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateLoadBalancerInput"}
|
|
if s.Name == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Tags != nil && len(s.Tags) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Tags", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Tags != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Tags {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpAddressType sets the IpAddressType field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLoadBalancerInput) SetIpAddressType(v string) *CreateLoadBalancerInput {
|
|
s.IpAddressType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLoadBalancerInput) SetName(v string) *CreateLoadBalancerInput {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetScheme sets the Scheme field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLoadBalancerInput) SetScheme(v string) *CreateLoadBalancerInput {
|
|
s.Scheme = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLoadBalancerInput) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateLoadBalancerInput {
|
|
s.SecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetMappings sets the SubnetMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLoadBalancerInput) SetSubnetMappings(v []*SubnetMapping) *CreateLoadBalancerInput {
|
|
s.SubnetMappings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLoadBalancerInput) SetSubnets(v []*string) *CreateLoadBalancerInput {
|
|
s.Subnets = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLoadBalancerInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateLoadBalancerInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLoadBalancerInput) SetType(v string) *CreateLoadBalancerInput {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateLoadBalancerOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the load balancer.
|
|
LoadBalancers []*LoadBalancer `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateLoadBalancerOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateLoadBalancerOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadBalancers sets the LoadBalancers field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLoadBalancerOutput) SetLoadBalancers(v []*LoadBalancer) *CreateLoadBalancerOutput {
|
|
s.LoadBalancers = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateRuleInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An action. Each action has the type forward and specifies a target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Actions is a required field
|
|
Actions []*Action `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The conditions. Each condition specifies a field name and a single value.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the field name is host-header, you can specify a single host name (for
|
|
// example, my.example.com). A host name is case insensitive, can be up to 128
|
|
// characters in length, and can contain any of the following characters. Note
|
|
// that you can include up to three wildcard characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * A-Z, a-z, 0-9
|
|
//
|
|
// * - .
|
|
//
|
|
// * * (matches 0 or more characters)
|
|
//
|
|
// * ? (matches exactly 1 character)
|
|
//
|
|
// If the field name is path-pattern, you can specify a single path pattern.
|
|
// A path pattern is case sensitive, can be up to 128 characters in length,
|
|
// and can contain any of the following characters. Note that you can include
|
|
// up to three wildcard characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * A-Z, a-z, 0-9
|
|
//
|
|
// * _ - . $ / ~ " ' @ : +
|
|
//
|
|
// * & (using &)
|
|
//
|
|
// * * (matches 0 or more characters)
|
|
//
|
|
// * ? (matches exactly 1 character)
|
|
//
|
|
// Conditions is a required field
|
|
Conditions []*RuleCondition `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener.
|
|
//
|
|
// ListenerArn is a required field
|
|
ListenerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The priority for the rule. A listener can't have multiple rules with the
|
|
// same priority.
|
|
//
|
|
// Priority is a required field
|
|
Priority *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateRuleInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateRuleInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateRuleInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateRuleInput"}
|
|
if s.Actions == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Actions"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Conditions == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Conditions"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ListenerArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ListenerArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Priority == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Priority"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Priority != nil && *s.Priority < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Priority", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Actions != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Actions {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Actions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetActions sets the Actions field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRuleInput) SetActions(v []*Action) *CreateRuleInput {
|
|
s.Actions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConditions sets the Conditions field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRuleInput) SetConditions(v []*RuleCondition) *CreateRuleInput {
|
|
s.Conditions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRuleInput) SetListenerArn(v string) *CreateRuleInput {
|
|
s.ListenerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRuleInput) SetPriority(v int64) *CreateRuleInput {
|
|
s.Priority = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateRuleOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the rule.
|
|
Rules []*Rule `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateRuleOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateRuleOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRuleOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *CreateRuleOutput {
|
|
s.Rules = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateTargetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The approximate amount of time, in seconds, between health checks of an individual
|
|
// target. For Application Load Balancers, the range is 5 to 300 seconds. For
|
|
// Network Load Balancers, the supported values are 10 or 30 seconds. The default
|
|
// is 30 seconds.
|
|
HealthCheckIntervalSeconds *int64 `min:"5" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The ping path that is the destination on the targets
|
|
// for health checks. The default is /.
|
|
HealthCheckPath *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port the load balancer uses when performing health checks on targets.
|
|
// The default is traffic-port, which is the port on which each target receives
|
|
// traffic from the load balancer.
|
|
HealthCheckPort *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The protocol the load balancer uses when performing health checks on targets.
|
|
// The TCP protocol is supported only if the protocol of the target group is
|
|
// TCP. For Application Load Balancers, the default is HTTP. For Network Load
|
|
// Balancers, the default is TCP.
|
|
HealthCheckProtocol *string `type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of time, in seconds, during which no response from a target means
|
|
// a failed health check. For Application Load Balancers, the range is 2 to
|
|
// 60 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. For Network Load Balancers, this
|
|
// is 10 seconds for TCP and HTTPS health checks and 6 seconds for HTTP health
|
|
// checks.
|
|
HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of consecutive health checks successes required before considering
|
|
// an unhealthy target healthy. For Application Load Balancers, the default
|
|
// is 5. For Network Load Balancers, the default is 3.
|
|
HealthyThresholdCount *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The HTTP codes to use when checking for a successful
|
|
// response from a target.
|
|
Matcher *Matcher `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// This name must be unique per region per account, can have a maximum of 32
|
|
// characters, must contain only alphanumeric characters or hyphens, and must
|
|
// not begin or end with a hyphen.
|
|
//
|
|
// Name is a required field
|
|
Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The port on which the targets receive traffic. This port is used unless you
|
|
// specify a port override when registering the target.
|
|
//
|
|
// Port is a required field
|
|
Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The protocol to use for routing traffic to the targets. For Application Load
|
|
// Balancers, the supported protocols are HTTP and HTTPS. For Network Load Balancers,
|
|
// the supported protocol is TCP.
|
|
//
|
|
// Protocol is a required field
|
|
Protocol *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ProtocolEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of target that you must specify when registering targets with this
|
|
// target group. The possible values are instance (targets are specified by
|
|
// instance ID) or ip (targets are specified by IP address). The default is
|
|
// instance. Note that you can't specify targets for a target group using both
|
|
// instance IDs and IP addresses.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the target type is ip, specify IP addresses from the subnets of the virtual
|
|
// private cloud (VPC) for the target group, the RFC 1918 range (10.0.0.0/8,
|
|
// 172.16.0.0/12, and 192.168.0.0/16), and the RFC 6598 range (100.64.0.0/10).
|
|
// You can't specify publicly routable IP addresses.
|
|
TargetType *string `type:"string" enum:"TargetTypeEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of consecutive health check failures required before considering
|
|
// a target unhealthy. For Application Load Balancers, the default is 2. For
|
|
// Network Load Balancers, this value must be the same as the healthy threshold
|
|
// count.
|
|
UnhealthyThresholdCount *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the virtual private cloud (VPC).
|
|
//
|
|
// VpcId is a required field
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateTargetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateTargetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTargetGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.HealthCheckIntervalSeconds != nil && *s.HealthCheckIntervalSeconds < 5 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("HealthCheckIntervalSeconds", 5))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.HealthCheckPath != nil && len(*s.HealthCheckPath) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HealthCheckPath", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds != nil && *s.HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds < 2 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds", 2))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.HealthyThresholdCount != nil && *s.HealthyThresholdCount < 2 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("HealthyThresholdCount", 2))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Name == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Port == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Port"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Port != nil && *s.Port < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Port", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Protocol == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Protocol"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.UnhealthyThresholdCount != nil && *s.UnhealthyThresholdCount < 2 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("UnhealthyThresholdCount", 2))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VpcId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Matcher != nil {
|
|
if err := s.Matcher.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("Matcher", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthCheckIntervalSeconds sets the HealthCheckIntervalSeconds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckIntervalSeconds(v int64) *CreateTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.HealthCheckIntervalSeconds = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthCheckPath sets the HealthCheckPath field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckPath(v string) *CreateTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.HealthCheckPath = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthCheckPort sets the HealthCheckPort field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckPort(v string) *CreateTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.HealthCheckPort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthCheckProtocol sets the HealthCheckProtocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckProtocol(v string) *CreateTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.HealthCheckProtocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthCheckTimeoutSeconds sets the HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckTimeoutSeconds(v int64) *CreateTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthyThresholdCount sets the HealthyThresholdCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetHealthyThresholdCount(v int64) *CreateTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.HealthyThresholdCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMatcher sets the Matcher field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetMatcher(v *Matcher) *CreateTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.Matcher = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetName(v string) *CreateTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetProtocol(v string) *CreateTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.Protocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetType sets the TargetType field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetTargetType(v string) *CreateTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.TargetType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUnhealthyThresholdCount sets the UnhealthyThresholdCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetUnhealthyThresholdCount(v int64) *CreateTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.UnhealthyThresholdCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTargetGroupInput) SetVpcId(v string) *CreateTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateTargetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the target group.
|
|
TargetGroups []*TargetGroup `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateTargetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateTargetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetGroups sets the TargetGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateTargetGroupOutput) SetTargetGroups(v []*TargetGroup) *CreateTargetGroupOutput {
|
|
s.TargetGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteListenerInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener.
|
|
//
|
|
// ListenerArn is a required field
|
|
ListenerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteListenerInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteListenerInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteListenerInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteListenerInput"}
|
|
if s.ListenerArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ListenerArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteListenerInput) SetListenerArn(v string) *DeleteListenerInput {
|
|
s.ListenerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteListenerOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteListenerOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteListenerOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteLoadBalancerInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// LoadBalancerArn is a required field
|
|
LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLoadBalancerInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLoadBalancerInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLoadBalancerInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteLoadBalancerInput"}
|
|
if s.LoadBalancerArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LoadBalancerArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLoadBalancerInput) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *DeleteLoadBalancerInput {
|
|
s.LoadBalancerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteLoadBalancerOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLoadBalancerOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLoadBalancerOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteRuleInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// RuleArn is a required field
|
|
RuleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteRuleInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteRuleInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteRuleInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteRuleInput"}
|
|
if s.RuleArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RuleArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRuleArn sets the RuleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteRuleInput) SetRuleArn(v string) *DeleteRuleInput {
|
|
s.RuleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteRuleOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteRuleOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteRuleOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteTargetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetGroupArn is a required field
|
|
TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteTargetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteTargetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteTargetGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTargetGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.TargetGroupArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetGroupArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteTargetGroupInput) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *DeleteTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.TargetGroupArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteTargetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteTargetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteTargetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeregisterTargetsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetGroupArn is a required field
|
|
TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The targets. If you specified a port override when you registered a target,
|
|
// you must specify both the target ID and the port when you deregister it.
|
|
//
|
|
// Targets is a required field
|
|
Targets []*TargetDescription `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeregisterTargetsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeregisterTargetsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeregisterTargetsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeregisterTargetsInput"}
|
|
if s.TargetGroupArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetGroupArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Targets == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Targets"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Targets != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Targets {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Targets", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeregisterTargetsInput) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *DeregisterTargetsInput {
|
|
s.TargetGroupArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargets sets the Targets field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeregisterTargetsInput) SetTargets(v []*TargetDescription) *DeregisterTargetsInput {
|
|
s.Targets = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeregisterTargetsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeregisterTargetsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeregisterTargetsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeAccountLimitsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
|
|
// previous call.)
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return with this call.
|
|
PageSize *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountLimitsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountLimitsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAccountLimitsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeAccountLimitsInput"}
|
|
if s.PageSize != nil && *s.PageSize < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PageSize", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAccountLimitsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeAccountLimitsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAccountLimitsInput) SetPageSize(v int64) *DescribeAccountLimitsInput {
|
|
s.PageSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeAccountLimitsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the limits.
|
|
Limits []*Limit `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
|
|
// additional results, the string is empty.
|
|
NextMarker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountLimitsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountLimitsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimits sets the Limits field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAccountLimitsOutput) SetLimits(v []*Limit) *DescribeAccountLimitsOutput {
|
|
s.Limits = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAccountLimitsOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *DescribeAccountLimitsOutput {
|
|
s.NextMarker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeListenerCertificatesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the listener.
|
|
//
|
|
// ListenerArn is a required field
|
|
ListenerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
|
|
// previous call.)
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return with this call.
|
|
PageSize *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeListenerCertificatesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeListenerCertificatesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeListenerCertificatesInput"}
|
|
if s.ListenerArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ListenerArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.PageSize != nil && *s.PageSize < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PageSize", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput) SetListenerArn(v string) *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.ListenerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput) SetPageSize(v int64) *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.PageSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the certificates.
|
|
Certificates []*Certificate `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
|
|
// additional results, the string is empty.
|
|
NextMarker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput {
|
|
s.Certificates = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput {
|
|
s.NextMarker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeListenersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the listeners.
|
|
ListenerArns []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
|
|
LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
|
|
// previous call.)
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return with this call.
|
|
PageSize *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeListenersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeListenersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeListenersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeListenersInput"}
|
|
if s.PageSize != nil && *s.PageSize < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PageSize", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetListenerArns sets the ListenerArns field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeListenersInput) SetListenerArns(v []*string) *DescribeListenersInput {
|
|
s.ListenerArns = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeListenersInput) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *DescribeListenersInput {
|
|
s.LoadBalancerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeListenersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeListenersInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeListenersInput) SetPageSize(v int64) *DescribeListenersInput {
|
|
s.PageSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeListenersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the listeners.
|
|
Listeners []*Listener `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
|
|
// additional results, the string is empty.
|
|
NextMarker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeListenersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeListenersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetListeners sets the Listeners field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeListenersOutput) SetListeners(v []*Listener) *DescribeListenersOutput {
|
|
s.Listeners = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeListenersOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *DescribeListenersOutput {
|
|
s.NextMarker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// LoadBalancerArn is a required field
|
|
LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput"}
|
|
if s.LoadBalancerArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LoadBalancerArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput {
|
|
s.LoadBalancerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the load balancer attributes.
|
|
Attributes []*LoadBalancerAttribute `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput) SetAttributes(v []*LoadBalancerAttribute) *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput {
|
|
s.Attributes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeLoadBalancersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the load balancers. You can specify up
|
|
// to 20 load balancers in a single call.
|
|
LoadBalancerArns []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
|
|
// previous call.)
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The names of the load balancers.
|
|
Names []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return with this call.
|
|
PageSize *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLoadBalancersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLoadBalancersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeLoadBalancersInput"}
|
|
if s.PageSize != nil && *s.PageSize < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PageSize", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadBalancerArns sets the LoadBalancerArns field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) SetLoadBalancerArns(v []*string) *DescribeLoadBalancersInput {
|
|
s.LoadBalancerArns = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeLoadBalancersInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNames sets the Names field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) SetNames(v []*string) *DescribeLoadBalancersInput {
|
|
s.Names = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) SetPageSize(v int64) *DescribeLoadBalancersInput {
|
|
s.PageSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeLoadBalancersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the load balancers.
|
|
LoadBalancers []*LoadBalancer `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
|
|
// additional results, the string is empty.
|
|
NextMarker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLoadBalancersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeLoadBalancersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadBalancers sets the LoadBalancers field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLoadBalancersOutput) SetLoadBalancers(v []*LoadBalancer) *DescribeLoadBalancersOutput {
|
|
s.LoadBalancers = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeLoadBalancersOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *DescribeLoadBalancersOutput {
|
|
s.NextMarker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeRulesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener.
|
|
ListenerArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
|
|
// previous call.)
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return with this call.
|
|
PageSize *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the rules.
|
|
RuleArns []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRulesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRulesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRulesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeRulesInput"}
|
|
if s.PageSize != nil && *s.PageSize < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PageSize", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRulesInput) SetListenerArn(v string) *DescribeRulesInput {
|
|
s.ListenerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRulesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeRulesInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRulesInput) SetPageSize(v int64) *DescribeRulesInput {
|
|
s.PageSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRuleArns sets the RuleArns field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRulesInput) SetRuleArns(v []*string) *DescribeRulesInput {
|
|
s.RuleArns = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeRulesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
|
|
// additional results, the string is empty.
|
|
NextMarker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the rules.
|
|
Rules []*Rule `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRulesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRulesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRulesOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *DescribeRulesOutput {
|
|
s.NextMarker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRulesOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *DescribeRulesOutput {
|
|
s.Rules = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeSSLPoliciesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
|
|
// previous call.)
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The names of the policies.
|
|
Names []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return with this call.
|
|
PageSize *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSSLPoliciesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSSLPoliciesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeSSLPoliciesInput"}
|
|
if s.PageSize != nil && *s.PageSize < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PageSize", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNames sets the Names field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput) SetNames(v []*string) *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput {
|
|
s.Names = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput) SetPageSize(v int64) *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput {
|
|
s.PageSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
|
|
// additional results, the string is empty.
|
|
NextMarker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the policies.
|
|
SslPolicies []*SslPolicy `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput {
|
|
s.NextMarker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSslPolicies sets the SslPolicies field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput) SetSslPolicies(v []*SslPolicy) *DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput {
|
|
s.SslPolicies = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeTagsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the resources.
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceArns is a required field
|
|
ResourceArns []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTagsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTagsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTagsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeTagsInput"}
|
|
if s.ResourceArns == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArns"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceArns sets the ResourceArns field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTagsInput) SetResourceArns(v []*string) *DescribeTagsInput {
|
|
s.ResourceArns = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeTagsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the tags.
|
|
TagDescriptions []*TagDescription `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTagsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTagsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagDescriptions sets the TagDescriptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTagsOutput) SetTagDescriptions(v []*TagDescription) *DescribeTagsOutput {
|
|
s.TagDescriptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetGroupArn is a required field
|
|
TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput"}
|
|
if s.TargetGroupArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetGroupArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput {
|
|
s.TargetGroupArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the target group attributes
|
|
Attributes []*TargetGroupAttribute `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput) SetAttributes(v []*TargetGroupAttribute) *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput {
|
|
s.Attributes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeTargetGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
|
|
LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
|
|
// previous call.)
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The names of the target groups.
|
|
Names []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of results to return with this call.
|
|
PageSize *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the target groups.
|
|
TargetGroupArns []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTargetGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTargetGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeTargetGroupsInput"}
|
|
if s.PageSize != nil && *s.PageSize < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PageSize", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *DescribeTargetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.LoadBalancerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeTargetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNames sets the Names field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) SetNames(v []*string) *DescribeTargetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Names = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) SetPageSize(v int64) *DescribeTargetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.PageSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetGroupArns sets the TargetGroupArns field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) SetTargetGroupArns(v []*string) *DescribeTargetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.TargetGroupArns = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeTargetGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
|
|
// additional results, the string is empty.
|
|
NextMarker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the target groups.
|
|
TargetGroups []*TargetGroup `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTargetGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTargetGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTargetGroupsOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *DescribeTargetGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.NextMarker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetGroups sets the TargetGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTargetGroupsOutput) SetTargetGroups(v []*TargetGroup) *DescribeTargetGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.TargetGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeTargetHealthInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetGroupArn is a required field
|
|
TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The targets.
|
|
Targets []*TargetDescription `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTargetHealthInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTargetHealthInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTargetHealthInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeTargetHealthInput"}
|
|
if s.TargetGroupArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetGroupArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Targets != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Targets {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Targets", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTargetHealthInput) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *DescribeTargetHealthInput {
|
|
s.TargetGroupArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargets sets the Targets field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTargetHealthInput) SetTargets(v []*TargetDescription) *DescribeTargetHealthInput {
|
|
s.Targets = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeTargetHealthOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the health of the targets.
|
|
TargetHealthDescriptions []*TargetHealthDescription `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTargetHealthOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTargetHealthOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetHealthDescriptions sets the TargetHealthDescriptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTargetHealthOutput) SetTargetHealthDescriptions(v []*TargetHealthDescription) *DescribeTargetHealthOutput {
|
|
s.TargetHealthDescriptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about an Elastic Load Balancing resource limit for your AWS account.
|
|
type Limit struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum value of the limit.
|
|
Max *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the limit. The possible values are:
|
|
//
|
|
// * application-load-balancers
|
|
//
|
|
// * listeners-per-application-load-balancer
|
|
//
|
|
// * listeners-per-network-load-balancer
|
|
//
|
|
// * network-load-balancers
|
|
//
|
|
// * rules-per-application-load-balancer
|
|
//
|
|
// * target-groups
|
|
//
|
|
// * targets-per-application-load-balancer
|
|
//
|
|
// * targets-per-availability-zone-per-network-load-balancer
|
|
//
|
|
// * targets-per-network-load-balancer
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Limit) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Limit) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMax sets the Max field's value.
|
|
func (s *Limit) SetMax(v string) *Limit {
|
|
s.Max = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *Limit) SetName(v string) *Limit {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about a listener.
|
|
type Listener struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The SSL server certificate. You must provide a certificate if the protocol
|
|
// is HTTPS.
|
|
Certificates []*Certificate `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The default actions for the listener.
|
|
DefaultActions []*Action `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener.
|
|
ListenerArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
|
|
LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port on which the load balancer is listening.
|
|
Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The protocol for connections from clients to the load balancer.
|
|
Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// The security policy that defines which ciphers and protocols are supported.
|
|
// The default is the current predefined security policy.
|
|
SslPolicy *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Listener) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Listener) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value.
|
|
func (s *Listener) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *Listener {
|
|
s.Certificates = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDefaultActions sets the DefaultActions field's value.
|
|
func (s *Listener) SetDefaultActions(v []*Action) *Listener {
|
|
s.DefaultActions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Listener) SetListenerArn(v string) *Listener {
|
|
s.ListenerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Listener) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *Listener {
|
|
s.LoadBalancerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *Listener) SetPort(v int64) *Listener {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *Listener) SetProtocol(v string) *Listener {
|
|
s.Protocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSslPolicy sets the SslPolicy field's value.
|
|
func (s *Listener) SetSslPolicy(v string) *Listener {
|
|
s.SslPolicy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about a load balancer.
|
|
type LoadBalancer struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zones for the load balancer.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Amazon Route 53 hosted zone associated with the load balancer.
|
|
CanonicalHostedZoneId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the load balancer was created.
|
|
CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The public DNS name of the load balancer.
|
|
DNSName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of IP addresses used by the subnets for your load balancer. The
|
|
// possible values are ipv4 (for IPv4 addresses) and dualstack (for IPv4 and
|
|
// IPv6 addresses).
|
|
IpAddressType *string `type:"string" enum:"IpAddressType"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
|
|
LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the load balancer.
|
|
LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The nodes of an Internet-facing load balancer have public IP addresses. The
|
|
// DNS name of an Internet-facing load balancer is publicly resolvable to the
|
|
// public IP addresses of the nodes. Therefore, Internet-facing load balancers
|
|
// can route requests from clients over the Internet.
|
|
//
|
|
// The nodes of an internal load balancer have only private IP addresses. The
|
|
// DNS name of an internal load balancer is publicly resolvable to the private
|
|
// IP addresses of the nodes. Therefore, internal load balancers can only route
|
|
// requests from clients with access to the VPC for the load balancer.
|
|
Scheme *string `type:"string" enum:"LoadBalancerSchemeEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the security groups for the load balancer.
|
|
SecurityGroups []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the load balancer.
|
|
State *LoadBalancerState `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of load balancer.
|
|
Type *string `type:"string" enum:"LoadBalancerTypeEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC for the load balancer.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoadBalancer) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoadBalancer) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancer) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*AvailabilityZone) *LoadBalancer {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZones = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCanonicalHostedZoneId sets the CanonicalHostedZoneId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancer) SetCanonicalHostedZoneId(v string) *LoadBalancer {
|
|
s.CanonicalHostedZoneId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancer) SetCreatedTime(v time.Time) *LoadBalancer {
|
|
s.CreatedTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDNSName sets the DNSName field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancer) SetDNSName(v string) *LoadBalancer {
|
|
s.DNSName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpAddressType sets the IpAddressType field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancer) SetIpAddressType(v string) *LoadBalancer {
|
|
s.IpAddressType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancer) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *LoadBalancer {
|
|
s.LoadBalancerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadBalancerName sets the LoadBalancerName field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancer) SetLoadBalancerName(v string) *LoadBalancer {
|
|
s.LoadBalancerName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetScheme sets the Scheme field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancer) SetScheme(v string) *LoadBalancer {
|
|
s.Scheme = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancer) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *LoadBalancer {
|
|
s.SecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancer) SetState(v *LoadBalancerState) *LoadBalancer {
|
|
s.State = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancer) SetType(v string) *LoadBalancer {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancer) SetVpcId(v string) *LoadBalancer {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about a static IP address for a load balancer.
|
|
type LoadBalancerAddress struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// [Network Load Balancers] The allocation ID of the Elastic IP address.
|
|
AllocationId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The static IP address.
|
|
IpAddress *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoadBalancerAddress) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoadBalancerAddress) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocationId sets the AllocationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancerAddress) SetAllocationId(v string) *LoadBalancerAddress {
|
|
s.AllocationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpAddress sets the IpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancerAddress) SetIpAddress(v string) *LoadBalancerAddress {
|
|
s.IpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about a load balancer attribute.
|
|
type LoadBalancerAttribute struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the attribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// * access_logs.s3.enabled - [Application Load Balancers] Indicates whether
|
|
// access logs stored in Amazon S3 are enabled. The value is true or false.
|
|
//
|
|
// * access_logs.s3.bucket - [Application Load Balancers] The name of the
|
|
// S3 bucket for the access logs. This attribute is required if access logs
|
|
// in Amazon S3 are enabled. The bucket must exist in the same region as
|
|
// the load balancer and have a bucket policy that grants Elastic Load Balancing
|
|
// permission to write to the bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// * access_logs.s3.prefix - [Application Load Balancers] The prefix for
|
|
// the location in the S3 bucket. If you don't specify a prefix, the access
|
|
// logs are stored in the root of the bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// * deletion_protection.enabled - Indicates whether deletion protection
|
|
// is enabled. The value is true or false.
|
|
//
|
|
// * idle_timeout.timeout_seconds - [Application Load Balancers] The idle
|
|
// timeout value, in seconds. The valid range is 1-4000. The default is 60
|
|
// seconds.
|
|
//
|
|
// * load_balancing.cross_zone.enabled - [Network Load Balancers] Indicates
|
|
// whether cross-zone load balancing is enabled. The value is true or false.
|
|
// The default is false.
|
|
//
|
|
// * routing.http2.enabled - [Application Load Balancers] Indicates whether
|
|
// HTTP/2 is enabled. The value is true or false. The default is true.
|
|
Key *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The value of the attribute.
|
|
Value *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoadBalancerAttribute) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoadBalancerAttribute) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancerAttribute) SetKey(v string) *LoadBalancerAttribute {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancerAttribute) SetValue(v string) *LoadBalancerAttribute {
|
|
s.Value = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about the state of the load balancer.
|
|
type LoadBalancerState struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The state code. The initial state of the load balancer is provisioning. After
|
|
// the load balancer is fully set up and ready to route traffic, its state is
|
|
// active. If the load balancer could not be set up, its state is failed.
|
|
Code *string `type:"string" enum:"LoadBalancerStateEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the state.
|
|
Reason *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoadBalancerState) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s LoadBalancerState) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancerState) SetCode(v string) *LoadBalancerState {
|
|
s.Code = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReason sets the Reason field's value.
|
|
func (s *LoadBalancerState) SetReason(v string) *LoadBalancerState {
|
|
s.Reason = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information to use when checking for a successful response from a target.
|
|
type Matcher struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The HTTP codes.
|
|
//
|
|
// For Application Load Balancers, you can specify values between 200 and 499,
|
|
// and the default value is 200. You can specify multiple values (for example,
|
|
// "200,202") or a range of values (for example, "200-299").
|
|
//
|
|
// For Network Load Balancers, this is 200 to 399.
|
|
//
|
|
// HttpCode is a required field
|
|
HttpCode *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Matcher) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Matcher) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *Matcher) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Matcher"}
|
|
if s.HttpCode == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HttpCode"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHttpCode sets the HttpCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *Matcher) SetHttpCode(v string) *Matcher {
|
|
s.HttpCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyListenerInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The default SSL server certificate.
|
|
Certificates []*Certificate `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The default action. For Application Load Balancers, the protocol of the specified
|
|
// target group must be HTTP or HTTPS. For Network Load Balancers, the protocol
|
|
// of the specified target group must be TCP.
|
|
DefaultActions []*Action `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener.
|
|
//
|
|
// ListenerArn is a required field
|
|
ListenerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The port for connections from clients to the load balancer.
|
|
Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The protocol for connections from clients to the load balancer. Application
|
|
// Load Balancers support HTTP and HTTPS and Network Load Balancers support
|
|
// TCP.
|
|
Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// The security policy that defines which protocols and ciphers are supported.
|
|
// For more information, see Security Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/create-https-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies)
|
|
// in the Application Load Balancers Guide.
|
|
SslPolicy *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyListenerInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyListenerInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyListenerInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyListenerInput"}
|
|
if s.ListenerArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ListenerArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Port != nil && *s.Port < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Port", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DefaultActions != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.DefaultActions {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DefaultActions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyListenerInput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *ModifyListenerInput {
|
|
s.Certificates = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDefaultActions sets the DefaultActions field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyListenerInput) SetDefaultActions(v []*Action) *ModifyListenerInput {
|
|
s.DefaultActions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyListenerInput) SetListenerArn(v string) *ModifyListenerInput {
|
|
s.ListenerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyListenerInput) SetPort(v int64) *ModifyListenerInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyListenerInput) SetProtocol(v string) *ModifyListenerInput {
|
|
s.Protocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSslPolicy sets the SslPolicy field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyListenerInput) SetSslPolicy(v string) *ModifyListenerInput {
|
|
s.SslPolicy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyListenerOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the modified listeners.
|
|
Listeners []*Listener `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyListenerOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyListenerOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetListeners sets the Listeners field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyListenerOutput) SetListeners(v []*Listener) *ModifyListenerOutput {
|
|
s.Listeners = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The load balancer attributes.
|
|
//
|
|
// Attributes is a required field
|
|
Attributes []*LoadBalancerAttribute `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// LoadBalancerArn is a required field
|
|
LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput"}
|
|
if s.Attributes == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Attributes"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.LoadBalancerArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LoadBalancerArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput) SetAttributes(v []*LoadBalancerAttribute) *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput {
|
|
s.Attributes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput {
|
|
s.LoadBalancerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the load balancer attributes.
|
|
Attributes []*LoadBalancerAttribute `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput) SetAttributes(v []*LoadBalancerAttribute) *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput {
|
|
s.Attributes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyRuleInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The actions. The target group must use the HTTP or HTTPS protocol.
|
|
Actions []*Action `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The conditions.
|
|
Conditions []*RuleCondition `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rule.
|
|
//
|
|
// RuleArn is a required field
|
|
RuleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyRuleInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyRuleInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyRuleInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyRuleInput"}
|
|
if s.RuleArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RuleArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Actions != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Actions {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Actions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetActions sets the Actions field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyRuleInput) SetActions(v []*Action) *ModifyRuleInput {
|
|
s.Actions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConditions sets the Conditions field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyRuleInput) SetConditions(v []*RuleCondition) *ModifyRuleInput {
|
|
s.Conditions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRuleArn sets the RuleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyRuleInput) SetRuleArn(v string) *ModifyRuleInput {
|
|
s.RuleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyRuleOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the rule.
|
|
Rules []*Rule `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyRuleOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyRuleOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyRuleOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *ModifyRuleOutput {
|
|
s.Rules = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The attributes.
|
|
//
|
|
// Attributes is a required field
|
|
Attributes []*TargetGroupAttribute `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetGroupArn is a required field
|
|
TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput"}
|
|
if s.Attributes == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Attributes"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetGroupArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetGroupArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput) SetAttributes(v []*TargetGroupAttribute) *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput {
|
|
s.Attributes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput {
|
|
s.TargetGroupArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the attributes.
|
|
Attributes []*TargetGroupAttribute `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput) SetAttributes(v []*TargetGroupAttribute) *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput {
|
|
s.Attributes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyTargetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The approximate amount of time, in seconds, between health checks of an individual
|
|
// target. For Application Load Balancers, the range is 5 to 300 seconds. For
|
|
// Network Load Balancers, the supported values are 10 or 30 seconds.
|
|
HealthCheckIntervalSeconds *int64 `min:"5" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The ping path that is the destination for the
|
|
// health check request.
|
|
HealthCheckPath *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port the load balancer uses when performing health checks on targets.
|
|
HealthCheckPort *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The protocol the load balancer uses when performing health checks on targets.
|
|
// The TCP protocol is supported only if the protocol of the target group is
|
|
// TCP.
|
|
HealthCheckProtocol *string `type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The amount of time, in seconds, during which no
|
|
// response means a failed health check.
|
|
HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of consecutive health checks successes required before considering
|
|
// an unhealthy target healthy.
|
|
HealthyThresholdCount *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The HTTP codes to use when checking for a successful
|
|
// response from a target.
|
|
Matcher *Matcher `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetGroupArn is a required field
|
|
TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of consecutive health check failures required before considering
|
|
// the target unhealthy. For Network Load Balancers, this value must be the
|
|
// same as the healthy threshold count.
|
|
UnhealthyThresholdCount *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyTargetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyTargetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyTargetGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.HealthCheckIntervalSeconds != nil && *s.HealthCheckIntervalSeconds < 5 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("HealthCheckIntervalSeconds", 5))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.HealthCheckPath != nil && len(*s.HealthCheckPath) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HealthCheckPath", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds != nil && *s.HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds < 2 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds", 2))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.HealthyThresholdCount != nil && *s.HealthyThresholdCount < 2 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("HealthyThresholdCount", 2))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetGroupArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetGroupArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.UnhealthyThresholdCount != nil && *s.UnhealthyThresholdCount < 2 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("UnhealthyThresholdCount", 2))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Matcher != nil {
|
|
if err := s.Matcher.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("Matcher", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthCheckIntervalSeconds sets the HealthCheckIntervalSeconds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckIntervalSeconds(v int64) *ModifyTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.HealthCheckIntervalSeconds = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthCheckPath sets the HealthCheckPath field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckPath(v string) *ModifyTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.HealthCheckPath = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthCheckPort sets the HealthCheckPort field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckPort(v string) *ModifyTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.HealthCheckPort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthCheckProtocol sets the HealthCheckProtocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckProtocol(v string) *ModifyTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.HealthCheckProtocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthCheckTimeoutSeconds sets the HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetHealthCheckTimeoutSeconds(v int64) *ModifyTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthyThresholdCount sets the HealthyThresholdCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetHealthyThresholdCount(v int64) *ModifyTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.HealthyThresholdCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMatcher sets the Matcher field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetMatcher(v *Matcher) *ModifyTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.Matcher = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *ModifyTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.TargetGroupArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUnhealthyThresholdCount sets the UnhealthyThresholdCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyTargetGroupInput) SetUnhealthyThresholdCount(v int64) *ModifyTargetGroupInput {
|
|
s.UnhealthyThresholdCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyTargetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the target group.
|
|
TargetGroups []*TargetGroup `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyTargetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyTargetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetGroups sets the TargetGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyTargetGroupOutput) SetTargetGroups(v []*TargetGroup) *ModifyTargetGroupOutput {
|
|
s.TargetGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RegisterTargetsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group.
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetGroupArn is a required field
|
|
TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The targets.
|
|
//
|
|
// Targets is a required field
|
|
Targets []*TargetDescription `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RegisterTargetsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RegisterTargetsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RegisterTargetsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RegisterTargetsInput"}
|
|
if s.TargetGroupArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetGroupArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Targets == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Targets"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Targets != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Targets {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Targets", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *RegisterTargetsInput) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *RegisterTargetsInput {
|
|
s.TargetGroupArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargets sets the Targets field's value.
|
|
func (s *RegisterTargetsInput) SetTargets(v []*TargetDescription) *RegisterTargetsInput {
|
|
s.Targets = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RegisterTargetsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RegisterTargetsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RegisterTargetsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RemoveListenerCertificatesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The certificate to remove. You can specify one certificate per call.
|
|
//
|
|
// Certificates is a required field
|
|
Certificates []*Certificate `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener.
|
|
//
|
|
// ListenerArn is a required field
|
|
ListenerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveListenerCertificatesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveListenerCertificatesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RemoveListenerCertificatesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveListenerCertificatesInput"}
|
|
if s.Certificates == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Certificates"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ListenerArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ListenerArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveListenerCertificatesInput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *RemoveListenerCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.Certificates = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveListenerCertificatesInput) SetListenerArn(v string) *RemoveListenerCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.ListenerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RemoveTagsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceArns is a required field
|
|
ResourceArns []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tag keys for the tags to remove.
|
|
//
|
|
// TagKeys is a required field
|
|
TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RemoveTagsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveTagsInput"}
|
|
if s.ResourceArns == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArns"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TagKeys == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceArns sets the ResourceArns field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveTagsInput) SetResourceArns(v []*string) *RemoveTagsInput {
|
|
s.ResourceArns = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveTagsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *RemoveTagsInput {
|
|
s.TagKeys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RemoveTagsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about a rule.
|
|
type Rule struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The actions.
|
|
Actions []*Action `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The conditions.
|
|
Conditions []*RuleCondition `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether this is the default rule.
|
|
IsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The priority.
|
|
Priority *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rule.
|
|
RuleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Rule) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Rule) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetActions sets the Actions field's value.
|
|
func (s *Rule) SetActions(v []*Action) *Rule {
|
|
s.Actions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConditions sets the Conditions field's value.
|
|
func (s *Rule) SetConditions(v []*RuleCondition) *Rule {
|
|
s.Conditions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIsDefault sets the IsDefault field's value.
|
|
func (s *Rule) SetIsDefault(v bool) *Rule {
|
|
s.IsDefault = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.
|
|
func (s *Rule) SetPriority(v string) *Rule {
|
|
s.Priority = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRuleArn sets the RuleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Rule) SetRuleArn(v string) *Rule {
|
|
s.RuleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about a condition for a rule.
|
|
type RuleCondition struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the field. The possible values are host-header and path-pattern.
|
|
Field *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The condition value.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the field name is host-header, you can specify a single host name (for
|
|
// example, my.example.com). A host name is case insensitive, can be up to 128
|
|
// characters in length, and can contain any of the following characters. Note
|
|
// that you can include up to three wildcard characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * A-Z, a-z, 0-9
|
|
//
|
|
// * - .
|
|
//
|
|
// * * (matches 0 or more characters)
|
|
//
|
|
// * ? (matches exactly 1 character)
|
|
//
|
|
// If the field name is path-pattern, you can specify a single path pattern
|
|
// (for example, /img/*). A path pattern is case sensitive, can be up to 128
|
|
// characters in length, and can contain any of the following characters. Note
|
|
// that you can include up to three wildcard characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * A-Z, a-z, 0-9
|
|
//
|
|
// * _ - . $ / ~ " ' @ : +
|
|
//
|
|
// * & (using &)
|
|
//
|
|
// * * (matches 0 or more characters)
|
|
//
|
|
// * ? (matches exactly 1 character)
|
|
Values []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RuleCondition) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RuleCondition) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetField sets the Field field's value.
|
|
func (s *RuleCondition) SetField(v string) *RuleCondition {
|
|
s.Field = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
|
|
func (s *RuleCondition) SetValues(v []*string) *RuleCondition {
|
|
s.Values = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about the priorities for the rules for a listener.
|
|
type RulePriorityPair struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The rule priority.
|
|
Priority *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rule.
|
|
RuleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RulePriorityPair) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RulePriorityPair) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RulePriorityPair) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RulePriorityPair"}
|
|
if s.Priority != nil && *s.Priority < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Priority", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.
|
|
func (s *RulePriorityPair) SetPriority(v int64) *RulePriorityPair {
|
|
s.Priority = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRuleArn sets the RuleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *RulePriorityPair) SetRuleArn(v string) *RulePriorityPair {
|
|
s.RuleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type SetIpAddressTypeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP address type. The possible values are ipv4 (for IPv4 addresses) and
|
|
// dualstack (for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses). Internal load balancers must use
|
|
// ipv4.
|
|
//
|
|
// IpAddressType is a required field
|
|
IpAddressType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"IpAddressType"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// LoadBalancerArn is a required field
|
|
LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetIpAddressTypeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetIpAddressTypeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *SetIpAddressTypeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SetIpAddressTypeInput"}
|
|
if s.IpAddressType == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IpAddressType"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.LoadBalancerArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LoadBalancerArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpAddressType sets the IpAddressType field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetIpAddressTypeInput) SetIpAddressType(v string) *SetIpAddressTypeInput {
|
|
s.IpAddressType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetIpAddressTypeInput) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *SetIpAddressTypeInput {
|
|
s.LoadBalancerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type SetIpAddressTypeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP address type.
|
|
IpAddressType *string `type:"string" enum:"IpAddressType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetIpAddressTypeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetIpAddressTypeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIpAddressType sets the IpAddressType field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetIpAddressTypeOutput) SetIpAddressType(v string) *SetIpAddressTypeOutput {
|
|
s.IpAddressType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type SetRulePrioritiesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The rule priorities.
|
|
//
|
|
// RulePriorities is a required field
|
|
RulePriorities []*RulePriorityPair `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetRulePrioritiesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetRulePrioritiesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *SetRulePrioritiesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SetRulePrioritiesInput"}
|
|
if s.RulePriorities == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RulePriorities"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RulePriorities != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.RulePriorities {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "RulePriorities", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRulePriorities sets the RulePriorities field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetRulePrioritiesInput) SetRulePriorities(v []*RulePriorityPair) *SetRulePrioritiesInput {
|
|
s.RulePriorities = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type SetRulePrioritiesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the rules.
|
|
Rules []*Rule `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetRulePrioritiesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetRulePrioritiesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetRulePrioritiesOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *SetRulePrioritiesOutput {
|
|
s.Rules = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type SetSecurityGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// LoadBalancerArn is a required field
|
|
LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the security groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// SecurityGroups is a required field
|
|
SecurityGroups []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetSecurityGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *SetSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SetSecurityGroupsInput"}
|
|
if s.LoadBalancerArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LoadBalancerArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SecurityGroups == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SecurityGroups"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetSecurityGroupsInput) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *SetSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.LoadBalancerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetSecurityGroupsInput) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *SetSecurityGroupsInput {
|
|
s.SecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type SetSecurityGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the security groups associated with the load balancer.
|
|
SecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetSecurityGroupsOutput) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *SetSecurityGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.SecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type SetSubnetsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// LoadBalancerArn is a required field
|
|
LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the public subnets. You must specify subnets from at least two
|
|
// Availability Zones. You can specify only one subnet per Availability Zone.
|
|
// You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings.
|
|
//
|
|
// You cannot specify Elastic IP addresses for your subnets.
|
|
SubnetMappings []*SubnetMapping `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the public subnets. You must specify subnets from at least two
|
|
// Availability Zones. You can specify only one subnet per Availability Zone.
|
|
// You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings.
|
|
//
|
|
// Subnets is a required field
|
|
Subnets []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetSubnetsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetSubnetsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *SetSubnetsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SetSubnetsInput"}
|
|
if s.LoadBalancerArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LoadBalancerArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Subnets == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Subnets"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetSubnetsInput) SetLoadBalancerArn(v string) *SetSubnetsInput {
|
|
s.LoadBalancerArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetMappings sets the SubnetMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetSubnetsInput) SetSubnetMappings(v []*SubnetMapping) *SetSubnetsInput {
|
|
s.SubnetMappings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetSubnetsInput) SetSubnets(v []*string) *SetSubnetsInput {
|
|
s.Subnets = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type SetSubnetsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the subnet and Availability Zone.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetSubnetsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetSubnetsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetSubnetsOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*AvailabilityZone) *SetSubnetsOutput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZones = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about a policy used for SSL negotiation.
|
|
type SslPolicy struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ciphers.
|
|
Ciphers []*Cipher `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the policy.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The protocols.
|
|
SslProtocols []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SslPolicy) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SslPolicy) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCiphers sets the Ciphers field's value.
|
|
func (s *SslPolicy) SetCiphers(v []*Cipher) *SslPolicy {
|
|
s.Ciphers = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *SslPolicy) SetName(v string) *SslPolicy {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSslProtocols sets the SslProtocols field's value.
|
|
func (s *SslPolicy) SetSslProtocols(v []*string) *SslPolicy {
|
|
s.SslProtocols = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about a subnet mapping.
|
|
type SubnetMapping struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// [Network Load Balancers] The allocation ID of the Elastic IP address.
|
|
AllocationId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SubnetMapping) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SubnetMapping) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocationId sets the AllocationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SubnetMapping) SetAllocationId(v string) *SubnetMapping {
|
|
s.AllocationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SubnetMapping) SetSubnetId(v string) *SubnetMapping {
|
|
s.SubnetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about a tag.
|
|
type Tag struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The key of the tag.
|
|
//
|
|
// Key is a required field
|
|
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The value of the tag.
|
|
Value *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Tag) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Tag) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *Tag) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tag"}
|
|
if s.Key == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
|
|
func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag {
|
|
s.Value = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The tags associated with a resource.
|
|
type TagDescription struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.
|
|
ResourceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `min:"1" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TagDescription) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TagDescription) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *TagDescription) SetResourceArn(v string) *TagDescription {
|
|
s.ResourceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *TagDescription) SetTags(v []*Tag) *TagDescription {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about a target.
|
|
type TargetDescription struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An Availability Zone or all. This determines whether the target receives
|
|
// traffic from the load balancer nodes in the specified Availability Zone or
|
|
// from all enabled Availability Zones for the load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// This parameter is not supported if the target type of the target group is
|
|
// instance. If the IP address is in a subnet of the VPC for the target group,
|
|
// the Availability Zone is automatically detected and this parameter is optional.
|
|
// If the IP address is outside the VPC, this parameter is required.
|
|
//
|
|
// With an Application Load Balancer, if the IP address is outside the VPC for
|
|
// the target group, the only supported value is all.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the target. If the target type of the target group is instance,
|
|
// specify an instance ID. If the target type is ip, specify an IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// Id is a required field
|
|
Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The port on which the target is listening.
|
|
Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetDescription) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetDescription) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *TargetDescription) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TargetDescription"}
|
|
if s.Id == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Port != nil && *s.Port < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Port", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetDescription) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *TargetDescription {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetDescription) SetId(v string) *TargetDescription {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetDescription) SetPort(v int64) *TargetDescription {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about a target group.
|
|
type TargetGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The approximate amount of time, in seconds, between health checks of an individual
|
|
// target.
|
|
HealthCheckIntervalSeconds *int64 `min:"5" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The destination for the health check request.
|
|
HealthCheckPath *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port to use to connect with the target.
|
|
HealthCheckPort *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The protocol to use to connect with the target.
|
|
HealthCheckProtocol *string `type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of time, in seconds, during which no response means a failed health
|
|
// check.
|
|
HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of consecutive health checks successes required before considering
|
|
// an unhealthy target healthy.
|
|
HealthyThresholdCount *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the load balancers that route traffic
|
|
// to this target group.
|
|
LoadBalancerArns []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The HTTP codes to use when checking for a successful response from a target.
|
|
Matcher *Matcher `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The port on which the targets are listening.
|
|
Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The protocol to use for routing traffic to the targets.
|
|
Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group.
|
|
TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the target group.
|
|
TargetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of target that you must specify when registering targets with this
|
|
// target group. The possible values are instance (targets are specified by
|
|
// instance ID) or ip (targets are specified by IP address).
|
|
TargetType *string `type:"string" enum:"TargetTypeEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of consecutive health check failures required before considering
|
|
// the target unhealthy.
|
|
UnhealthyThresholdCount *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC for the targets.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthCheckIntervalSeconds sets the HealthCheckIntervalSeconds field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroup) SetHealthCheckIntervalSeconds(v int64) *TargetGroup {
|
|
s.HealthCheckIntervalSeconds = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthCheckPath sets the HealthCheckPath field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroup) SetHealthCheckPath(v string) *TargetGroup {
|
|
s.HealthCheckPath = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthCheckPort sets the HealthCheckPort field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroup) SetHealthCheckPort(v string) *TargetGroup {
|
|
s.HealthCheckPort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthCheckProtocol sets the HealthCheckProtocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroup) SetHealthCheckProtocol(v string) *TargetGroup {
|
|
s.HealthCheckProtocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthCheckTimeoutSeconds sets the HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroup) SetHealthCheckTimeoutSeconds(v int64) *TargetGroup {
|
|
s.HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthyThresholdCount sets the HealthyThresholdCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroup) SetHealthyThresholdCount(v int64) *TargetGroup {
|
|
s.HealthyThresholdCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLoadBalancerArns sets the LoadBalancerArns field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroup) SetLoadBalancerArns(v []*string) *TargetGroup {
|
|
s.LoadBalancerArns = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMatcher sets the Matcher field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroup) SetMatcher(v *Matcher) *TargetGroup {
|
|
s.Matcher = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroup) SetPort(v int64) *TargetGroup {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroup) SetProtocol(v string) *TargetGroup {
|
|
s.Protocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroup) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *TargetGroup {
|
|
s.TargetGroupArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetGroupName sets the TargetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroup) SetTargetGroupName(v string) *TargetGroup {
|
|
s.TargetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetType sets the TargetType field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroup) SetTargetType(v string) *TargetGroup {
|
|
s.TargetType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUnhealthyThresholdCount sets the UnhealthyThresholdCount field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroup) SetUnhealthyThresholdCount(v int64) *TargetGroup {
|
|
s.UnhealthyThresholdCount = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *TargetGroup {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about a target group attribute.
|
|
type TargetGroupAttribute struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the attribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// * deregistration_delay.timeout_seconds - The amount time for Elastic Load
|
|
// Balancing to wait before changing the state of a deregistering target
|
|
// from draining to unused. The range is 0-3600 seconds. The default value
|
|
// is 300 seconds.
|
|
//
|
|
// * proxy_protocol_v2.enabled - [Network Load Balancers] Indicates whether
|
|
// Proxy Protocol version 2 is enabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * stickiness.enabled - [Application Load Balancers] Indicates whether
|
|
// sticky sessions are enabled. The value is true or false.
|
|
//
|
|
// * stickiness.type - [Application Load Balancers] The type of sticky sessions.
|
|
// The possible value is lb_cookie.
|
|
//
|
|
// * stickiness.lb_cookie.duration_seconds - [Application Load Balancers]
|
|
// The time period, in seconds, during which requests from a client should
|
|
// be routed to the same target. After this time period expires, the load
|
|
// balancer-generated cookie is considered stale. The range is 1 second to
|
|
// 1 week (604800 seconds). The default value is 1 day (86400 seconds).
|
|
Key *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The value of the attribute.
|
|
Value *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetGroupAttribute) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetGroupAttribute) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroupAttribute) SetKey(v string) *TargetGroupAttribute {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetGroupAttribute) SetValue(v string) *TargetGroupAttribute {
|
|
s.Value = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about the current health of a target.
|
|
type TargetHealth struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the target health that provides additional details. If the
|
|
// state is healthy, a description is not provided.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The reason code. If the target state is healthy, a reason code is not provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the target state is initial, the reason code can be one of the following
|
|
// values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Elb.RegistrationInProgress - The target is in the process of being registered
|
|
// with the load balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Elb.InitialHealthChecking - The load balancer is still sending the target
|
|
// the minimum number of health checks required to determine its health status.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the target state is unhealthy, the reason code can be one of the following
|
|
// values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Target.ResponseCodeMismatch - The health checks did not return an expected
|
|
// HTTP code.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Target.Timeout - The health check requests timed out.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Target.FailedHealthChecks - The health checks failed because the connection
|
|
// to the target timed out, the target response was malformed, or the target
|
|
// failed the health check for an unknown reason.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Elb.InternalError - The health checks failed due to an internal error.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the target state is unused, the reason code can be one of the following
|
|
// values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Target.NotRegistered - The target is not registered with the target
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Target.NotInUse - The target group is not used by any load balancer
|
|
// or the target is in an Availability Zone that is not enabled for its load
|
|
// balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Target.IpUnusable - The target IP address is reserved for use by a load
|
|
// balancer.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Target.InvalidState - The target is in the stopped or terminated state.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the target state is draining, the reason code can be the following value:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Target.DeregistrationInProgress - The target is in the process of being
|
|
// deregistered and the deregistration delay period has not expired.
|
|
Reason *string `type:"string" enum:"TargetHealthReasonEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the target.
|
|
State *string `type:"string" enum:"TargetHealthStateEnum"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetHealth) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetHealth) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetHealth) SetDescription(v string) *TargetHealth {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReason sets the Reason field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetHealth) SetReason(v string) *TargetHealth {
|
|
s.Reason = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetHealth) SetState(v string) *TargetHealth {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about the health of a target.
|
|
type TargetHealthDescription struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The port to use to connect with the target.
|
|
HealthCheckPort *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the target.
|
|
Target *TargetDescription `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The health information for the target.
|
|
TargetHealth *TargetHealth `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetHealthDescription) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TargetHealthDescription) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHealthCheckPort sets the HealthCheckPort field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetHealthDescription) SetHealthCheckPort(v string) *TargetHealthDescription {
|
|
s.HealthCheckPort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTarget sets the Target field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetHealthDescription) SetTarget(v *TargetDescription) *TargetHealthDescription {
|
|
s.Target = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetHealth sets the TargetHealth field's value.
|
|
func (s *TargetHealthDescription) SetTargetHealth(v *TargetHealth) *TargetHealthDescription {
|
|
s.TargetHealth = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ActionTypeEnumForward is a ActionTypeEnum enum value
|
|
ActionTypeEnumForward = "forward"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// IpAddressTypeIpv4 is a IpAddressType enum value
|
|
IpAddressTypeIpv4 = "ipv4"
|
|
|
|
// IpAddressTypeDualstack is a IpAddressType enum value
|
|
IpAddressTypeDualstack = "dualstack"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// LoadBalancerSchemeEnumInternetFacing is a LoadBalancerSchemeEnum enum value
|
|
LoadBalancerSchemeEnumInternetFacing = "internet-facing"
|
|
|
|
// LoadBalancerSchemeEnumInternal is a LoadBalancerSchemeEnum enum value
|
|
LoadBalancerSchemeEnumInternal = "internal"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// LoadBalancerStateEnumActive is a LoadBalancerStateEnum enum value
|
|
LoadBalancerStateEnumActive = "active"
|
|
|
|
// LoadBalancerStateEnumProvisioning is a LoadBalancerStateEnum enum value
|
|
LoadBalancerStateEnumProvisioning = "provisioning"
|
|
|
|
// LoadBalancerStateEnumActiveImpaired is a LoadBalancerStateEnum enum value
|
|
LoadBalancerStateEnumActiveImpaired = "active_impaired"
|
|
|
|
// LoadBalancerStateEnumFailed is a LoadBalancerStateEnum enum value
|
|
LoadBalancerStateEnumFailed = "failed"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// LoadBalancerTypeEnumApplication is a LoadBalancerTypeEnum enum value
|
|
LoadBalancerTypeEnumApplication = "application"
|
|
|
|
// LoadBalancerTypeEnumNetwork is a LoadBalancerTypeEnum enum value
|
|
LoadBalancerTypeEnumNetwork = "network"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ProtocolEnumHttp is a ProtocolEnum enum value
|
|
ProtocolEnumHttp = "HTTP"
|
|
|
|
// ProtocolEnumHttps is a ProtocolEnum enum value
|
|
ProtocolEnumHttps = "HTTPS"
|
|
|
|
// ProtocolEnumTcp is a ProtocolEnum enum value
|
|
ProtocolEnumTcp = "TCP"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// TargetHealthReasonEnumElbRegistrationInProgress is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
|
|
TargetHealthReasonEnumElbRegistrationInProgress = "Elb.RegistrationInProgress"
|
|
|
|
// TargetHealthReasonEnumElbInitialHealthChecking is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
|
|
TargetHealthReasonEnumElbInitialHealthChecking = "Elb.InitialHealthChecking"
|
|
|
|
// TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetResponseCodeMismatch is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
|
|
TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetResponseCodeMismatch = "Target.ResponseCodeMismatch"
|
|
|
|
// TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetTimeout is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
|
|
TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetTimeout = "Target.Timeout"
|
|
|
|
// TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetFailedHealthChecks is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
|
|
TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetFailedHealthChecks = "Target.FailedHealthChecks"
|
|
|
|
// TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetNotRegistered is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
|
|
TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetNotRegistered = "Target.NotRegistered"
|
|
|
|
// TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetNotInUse is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
|
|
TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetNotInUse = "Target.NotInUse"
|
|
|
|
// TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetDeregistrationInProgress is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
|
|
TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetDeregistrationInProgress = "Target.DeregistrationInProgress"
|
|
|
|
// TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetInvalidState is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
|
|
TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetInvalidState = "Target.InvalidState"
|
|
|
|
// TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetIpUnusable is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
|
|
TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetIpUnusable = "Target.IpUnusable"
|
|
|
|
// TargetHealthReasonEnumElbInternalError is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
|
|
TargetHealthReasonEnumElbInternalError = "Elb.InternalError"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// TargetHealthStateEnumInitial is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value
|
|
TargetHealthStateEnumInitial = "initial"
|
|
|
|
// TargetHealthStateEnumHealthy is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value
|
|
TargetHealthStateEnumHealthy = "healthy"
|
|
|
|
// TargetHealthStateEnumUnhealthy is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value
|
|
TargetHealthStateEnumUnhealthy = "unhealthy"
|
|
|
|
// TargetHealthStateEnumUnused is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value
|
|
TargetHealthStateEnumUnused = "unused"
|
|
|
|
// TargetHealthStateEnumDraining is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value
|
|
TargetHealthStateEnumDraining = "draining"
|
|
|
|
// TargetHealthStateEnumUnavailable is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value
|
|
TargetHealthStateEnumUnavailable = "unavailable"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// TargetTypeEnumInstance is a TargetTypeEnum enum value
|
|
TargetTypeEnumInstance = "instance"
|
|
|
|
// TargetTypeEnumIp is a TargetTypeEnum enum value
|
|
TargetTypeEnumIp = "ip"
|
|
)
|